diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | NetWare/config.wc | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | configure.com | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | epoc/config.sh | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | uconfig.h | 2951 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | uconfig.sh | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vos/config.alpha.def | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vos/config.alpha.h | 2951 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vos/config.ga.def | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | vos/config.ga.h | 2951 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win32/config.bc | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win32/config.gc | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win32/config.vc | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win32/config.win64 | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | wince/config.ce | 2 |
14 files changed, 4462 insertions, 4413 deletions
diff --git a/NetWare/config.wc b/NetWare/config.wc index d03514dcb1..f08e003531 100644 --- a/NetWare/config.wc +++ b/NetWare/config.wc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -650,6 +651,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_NW_TOP1~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/configure.com b/configure.com index 9a47457f88..425b85a154 100644 --- a/configure.com +++ b/configure.com @@ -5042,6 +5042,7 @@ $ WC "d_cuserid='define'" $ WC "d_dbl_dig='define'" $ WC "d_dbminitproto='undef'" $ WC "d_difftime='define'" +$ WC "d_dirfd='undef'" $ WC "d_dirnamlen='define'" $ WC "d_dlerror='undef'" $ WC "d_dlsymun='undef'" @@ -5532,6 +5533,7 @@ $! WC "prefix='" + vms_prefix + "'" $ WC "prefix='" + prefix + "'" $ WC "privlib='" + privlib + "'" $ WC "privlibexp='" + privlibexp + "'" +$ WC "procselfexe=''" $ WC "prototype='define'" $ WC "ptrsize='" + ptrsize + "'" $ WC "quadkind='" + quadkind + "'" diff --git a/epoc/config.sh b/epoc/config.sh index 8ec16f2cd1..268b28325e 100644 --- a/epoc/config.sh +++ b/epoc/config.sh @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='undef' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='undef' d_dlopen='undef' @@ -646,6 +647,7 @@ prefixexp='' privlib='?:/perl/lib/5.7.2' privlibexp='?:/perl/lib/5.7.2' prototype='define' +procselfexe='' ptrsize='4' randbits='31' randfunc='' @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR / **/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/ +#define OSVERS "" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 4 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for . It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,482 +1109,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -/*#define CASTI32 / **/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -/*#define CASTNEGFLOAT / **/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in <sys/types.h> - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr) -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr) -/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#undef EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 48 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for . It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/ -#define OSVERS "" /**/ - /* CAT2: * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. */ @@ -1600,6 +1163,12 @@ #define CPPRUN "" #define CPPLAST "" +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/ + /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1607,6 +1176,57 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ACCESS / **/ +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 / **/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +/*#define CASTNEGFLOAT / **/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/ + /* HAS_CSH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ @@ -1618,6 +1238,22 @@ #define CSH "" /**/ #endif +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1654,12 +1290,172 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR / **/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK / **/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in <sys/types.h> + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE / **/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL / **/ + /* FLEXFILENAMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames * longer than 14 characters. */ /*#define FLEXFILENAMES / **/ +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS / **/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS / **/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY / **/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T / **/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL / **/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA / **/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO / **/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS / **/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC / **/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETCWD / **/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT / **/ + /* HAS_GETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for sequential access of the group database. @@ -1713,6 +1509,32 @@ #define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ #endif +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER / **/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT / **/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1731,6 +1553,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ + /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -1759,6 +1596,20 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME / **/ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER / **/ +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / **/ + /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1772,6 +1623,20 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM / **/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() * routine is available to look up services by their name. @@ -1783,6 +1648,20 @@ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME / **/ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT / **/ +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT / **/ + /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -1808,6 +1687,58 @@ /*#define HAS_NTOHL / **/ /*#define HAS_NTOHS / **/ +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes + * <sys/types.h> is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T / **/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE / **/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF / **/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNAN / **/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> + * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */ + /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long * doubles. @@ -1835,12 +1766,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE / **/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ /*#define HAS_MEMCHR / **/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP / **/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1848,6 +1799,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1860,18 +1818,136 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ #define Mmap_t /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL / **/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG / **/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT / **/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG / **/ +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR / **/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/ +#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV / **/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG / **/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk _((int)); + * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO / **/ + /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM / **/ +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/ + /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1891,6 +1967,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/ + /* HAS_SETNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is * available. @@ -1915,6 +1997,12 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1934,12 +2022,55 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SETVBUF / **/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO / **/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM / **/ +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is * supported. @@ -1987,690 +2118,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/ -/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <grp.h>. - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pwd.h>. - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD / **/ -/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ -/*#define PWGECOS / **/ -/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <varargs.h>. - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t int /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 1 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 1 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/ - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. - */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR / **/ - -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. - */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK / **/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE / **/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL / **/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) - */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS / **/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS / **/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY / **/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL / **/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA / **/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO / **/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS / **/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC / **/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/ - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETCWD / **/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER / **/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT / **/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes - * <sys/types.h> is enough. - */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE / **/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF / **/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNAN / **/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> - * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE / **/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL / **/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG / **/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT / **/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR / **/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV / **/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG / **/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk _((int)); - * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is * available to initialize SOCKS 5. @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL / **/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS / **/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr) +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr) +/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ / **/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ / **/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO / **/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t int /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. + */ +/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM / **/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,20 +2343,39 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED / **/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ /*#define HAS_USTAT / **/ +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ + /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is * available to do scatter writes. @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING / **/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ /*#define FFLUSH_NULL / **/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL / **/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP / **/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS / **/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <grp.h>. + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES / **/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL / **/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <mach/cthreads.h>. + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT / **/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <netinet/tcp.h>. @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT / **/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pthread.h>. + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pwd.h>. + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,6 +2659,12 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS / **/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2983,12 +2677,43 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/ +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ + /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_USTAT / **/ +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ + /* PERL_PRIfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. @@ -3010,6 +2735,71 @@ /*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "lle" / **/ /*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "llf" / **/ +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t int /* <offset> type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t int /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#undef EOF_NONBLOCK + /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY / **/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,11 +2986,58 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE / **/ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 48 /**/ /* SELECT_MIN_BITS: * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. @@ -3180,6 +3048,121 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ /*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY / **/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t int /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 1 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 1 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3308,279 +3400,196 @@ #define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.005" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <varargs.h>. */ -#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/ +#define SH_PATH "" /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD / **/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/ -#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <mach/cthreads.h>. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pthread.h>. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE / **/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t int /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. - */ -/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/ -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t int /* <offset> type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ +/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP / **/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t int /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ #endif diff --git a/uconfig.sh b/uconfig.sh index 11cf3c5457..aff94f7be2 100755 --- a/uconfig.sh +++ b/uconfig.sh @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='undef' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='undef' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='undef' d_dlopen='undef' @@ -511,6 +512,7 @@ pidtype=int pm_apiversion='5.005' privlib='/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7' privlibexp='/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7' +procselfexe='' prototype='undef' ptrsize='4' quadkind='4' diff --git a/vos/config.alpha.def b/vos/config.alpha.def index 804a7896d0..56b765d622 100644 --- a/vos/config.alpha.def +++ b/vos/config.alpha.def @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ $d_cuserid='undef' $d_dbl_dig='define' $d_dbminitproto='undef' $d_difftime='define' +$d_dirfd='undef' $d_dirnamlen='undef' $d_dlerror='undef' $d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -459,6 +460,7 @@ $pidtype='pid_t' $pm_apiversion='5.005' $privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' $privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$procselfexe='' $prototype='define' $ptrsize='4' $quadkind='_error_' diff --git a/vos/config.alpha.h b/vos/config.alpha.h index 362f0a3225..1553f758c2 100644 --- a/vos/config.alpha.h +++ b/vos/config.alpha.h @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ +#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,482 +1109,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -/*#define CASTI32 /**/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in <sys/types.h> - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ -#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ - /* CAT2: * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. */ @@ -1600,6 +1163,12 @@ #define CPPRUN "cc -E -" #define CPPLAST "-" +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1607,6 +1176,57 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + /* HAS_CSH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ @@ -1618,6 +1238,22 @@ #define CSH "" /**/ #endif +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1654,12 +1290,172 @@ */ #define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in <sys/types.h> + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + /* FLEXFILENAMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames * longer than 14 characters. */ #define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + /* HAS_GETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for sequential access of the group database. @@ -1713,6 +1509,32 @@ #define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ #endif +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1731,6 +1553,21 @@ */ #define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -1759,6 +1596,20 @@ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1772,6 +1623,20 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() * routine is available to look up services by their name. @@ -1783,6 +1648,20 @@ #define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -1808,6 +1687,58 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes + * <sys/types.h> is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> + * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long * doubles. @@ -1835,12 +1766,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1848,6 +1799,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1860,18 +1818,136 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk _((int)); + * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1891,6 +1967,12 @@ */ #define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + /* HAS_SETNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is * available. @@ -1915,6 +1997,12 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1934,12 +2022,55 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is * supported. @@ -1987,690 +2118,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <grp.h>. - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. - */ -#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pwd.h>. - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <varargs.h>. - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. - */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ - -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. - */ -#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) - */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes - * <sys/types.h> is enough. - */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> - * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk _((int)); - * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is * available to initialize SOCKS 5. @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,20 +2343,39 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ /*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is * available to do scatter writes. @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <grp.h>. + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <mach/cthreads.h>. + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <netinet/tcp.h>. @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pthread.h>. + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pwd.h>. + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,6 +2659,12 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2983,12 +2677,43 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_USTAT /**/ +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + /* PERL_PRIfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. @@ -3010,6 +2735,71 @@ #define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ #define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,11 +2986,58 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ /* SELECT_MIN_BITS: * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. @@ -3180,6 +3048,121 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ #define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3308,279 +3400,196 @@ #define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <varargs.h>. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ +#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ +#endif -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <mach/cthreads.h>. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pthread.h>. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ #endif diff --git a/vos/config.ga.def b/vos/config.ga.def index acc7a6d775..07262b3912 100644 --- a/vos/config.ga.def +++ b/vos/config.ga.def @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ $d_cuserid='undef' $d_dbl_dig='define' $d_dbminitproto='undef' $d_difftime='define' +$d_dirfd='undef' $d_dirnamlen='undef' $d_dlerror='undef' $d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -460,6 +461,7 @@ $pidtype='pid_t' $pm_apiversion='5.005' $privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' $privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$procselfexe='' $prototype='define' $ptrsize='4' $quadkind='_error_' diff --git a/vos/config.ga.h b/vos/config.ga.h index db7d49d00e..014c94d916 100644 --- a/vos/config.ga.h +++ b/vos/config.ga.h @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ +#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,482 +1109,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -/*#define CASTI32 /**/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in <sys/types.h> - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ -#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ - /* CAT2: * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. */ @@ -1600,6 +1163,12 @@ #define CPPRUN "cc -E -" #define CPPLAST "-" +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1607,6 +1176,57 @@ */ #define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + /* HAS_CSH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ @@ -1618,6 +1238,22 @@ #define CSH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ #endif +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1654,12 +1290,172 @@ */ #define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in <sys/types.h> + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + /* FLEXFILENAMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames * longer than 14 characters. */ #define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + /* HAS_GETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for sequential access of the group database. @@ -1713,6 +1509,32 @@ #define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ #endif +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1731,6 +1553,21 @@ */ #define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -1759,6 +1596,20 @@ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1772,6 +1623,20 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() * routine is available to look up services by their name. @@ -1783,6 +1648,20 @@ #define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -1808,6 +1687,58 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes + * <sys/types.h> is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> + * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long * doubles. @@ -1835,12 +1766,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1848,6 +1799,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1860,18 +1818,136 @@ #define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk _((int)); + * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1891,6 +1967,12 @@ */ #define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + /* HAS_SETNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is * available. @@ -1915,6 +1997,12 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1934,12 +2022,55 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is * supported. @@ -1987,690 +2118,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <grp.h>. - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. - */ -#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pwd.h>. - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <varargs.h>. - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. - */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ - -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. - */ -#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) - */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes - * <sys/types.h> is enough. - */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). - */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> - * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk _((int)); - * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. - */ -#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is * available to initialize SOCKS 5. @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,20 +2343,39 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ /*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is * available to do scatter writes. @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <grp.h>. + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <mach/cthreads.h>. + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <netinet/tcp.h>. @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pthread.h>. + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <pwd.h>. + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,6 +2659,12 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and * should be included. @@ -2983,12 +2677,43 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h>. + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_USTAT /**/ +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + /* PERL_PRIfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. @@ -3010,6 +2735,71 @@ #define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ #define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,11 +2986,58 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ /* SELECT_MIN_BITS: * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. @@ -3180,6 +3048,121 @@ */ #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ + /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ #define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3308,279 +3400,196 @@ #define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should + * be included. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include <varargs.h>. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ +#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ +#endif -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <mach/cthreads.h>. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pthread.h>. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ #endif diff --git a/win32/config.bc b/win32/config.bc index 87d5abaf18..01d4e6cf4f 100644 --- a/win32/config.bc +++ b/win32/config.bc @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' d_dirnamlen='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.gc b/win32/config.gc index e24b3b6381..4cec52c6fa 100644 --- a/win32/config.gc +++ b/win32/config.gc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.vc b/win32/config.vc index 40ca86848d..339897ca53 100644 --- a/win32/config.vc +++ b/win32/config.vc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.win64 b/win32/config.win64 index 84c074a851..dafc6de9cb 100644 --- a/win32/config.win64 +++ b/win32/config.win64 @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -646,6 +647,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='8' quadkind='4' diff --git a/wince/config.ce b/wince/config.ce index 21aa86fd23..755e46903a 100644 --- a/wince/config.ce +++ b/wince/config.ce @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -638,6 +639,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' |